Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the frequency printed on the transmitter crystal.
b.
Remove the radio receiver from box. Check the frequency printed on the receiver crystal, and make sure it matches with the
transmitter crystal. Make sure no one will operate on the same frequency when you are. When there is a radio glitch, it will most
likely be caused by improper crystal, damaged crystal, or people operating on the same frequency. Ensure all wires are securely
connected to the receiver:
steering servo connector plug - into the channel 1 slot 1 (CH1)
throttle servo connector plug - into the channel 2 slot 2 (CH2)
battery switch connector plug - into battery slot. (BATT)
Then thread the receiver antenna/wire through the antenna mount. Thread the receiver antenna/wire all the way through the antenna
tube and install the antenna tube onto the mount. After checking, place the receiver back in the box and secure the receiver box
top.
c. Install the antenna into transmitter.
a.
b.
c.
PREPARING THE RADIO
a b c
3
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbo ws in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squee ze the thr ottle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbo ws in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squee ze the thr ottle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbo ws in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting . Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squee ze the thr ottle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
STARTING THE ENGINE
a. Turn on the radio (transmitter first, then receiver).
b. Clip the glow plug igniter onto engine's glow plug.
c. Pull on the engine starter, release, repeat until the engine starts. Throttle maybe required to be opened momentarily, but release
back to neutral immediately after it starts.
Remove the glow plug igniter from engine after engine has started and warmed up. If the engine stops right after the igniter is
removed, the carburetor setting is too rich. Please refer to engine setting section.
If engine starter becomes hard to pull, the engine maybe flooded. To unflood an engine, remove the glow plug from engine, flip the
car upside down, and pull on the starter to release excess fuel. Then, reinstall the glow plug and repeat the engine starting procedure.
a.
b.
c. 20~35
35
ab c
12
Not pull on
over 35cm
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING
cba
fde
a. To start an engine, first remove the glow plug with the included wrench.
b. Check the glow plug by plugging it into the glow plug igniter. The glow plug element should light up brightly. If it lights up dimly,
then the glow plug igniter is low (and it needs recharging). If it doesn't light up, or the plug element looks distorted, then the
glow plug is bad (replace with new one). After checking, reinstall the glow plug.
The glow plug used for this engine can be: Thunder Tiger 9281, McCoy #9 / #59,
Novarossi C4S / C5S / C6S,OS #8 / #A3 / #A5, and Picco P6S / P7S.
c. With the radio off, manually turn the servo to open the carburetor (open throttle).
d. Plug the tuned pipe exhaust tip.
e. Keeping the exhaust tip plugged, pull on the engine's starter. Keep doing it until fuel reaches engine's carburetor, then pull it 3
more times to prime the engine.
f. Manually return the servo back to neutral.
a.
b.
No.9281, McCoy #9 / #59,
Novarossi C4S / C5S / C6S,OS #8 / #A3 / #A5, and Picco P6S / P7S.
c.
d.
e. 3~4
f.
11
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT
a. Use the included shock clips to adjust for spring pre-load. Pressing the entire car down, release, and the car should returm to
ride height (indicated on set-up page). More pre-load clips will produce higher ride height, and less clips will produce lower ride
height. Amount of clips used to front and rear shocks can be different, but clips should be the same for the left and right.
a.
13
a
1mm
2mm
4mm
6mm
Hard Suspension Soft Suspension
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbows in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squeeze the throttle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left Right
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbo ws in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squee ze the thr ottle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbo ws in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting. Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Richer
(More Fuel)
Leaner
(Less Fuel)
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
FRONT
REAR
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squee ze the thr ottle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
Low Speed
Screw
Idle Screw
Richer
Leaner
0.5~1mm
Problem Solution
Out of fuel .................................................... Fill fuel tank
Contaminated fuel ....................................... Replace fuel
Glow plug igniter not charged ...................... Charge glow igniter
Glow plug bad .......................................... Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems"
section below.
Fuel not getting to carburetor ........ Open and close fuel tank lid twice.
Engine flooded ............................................ See "Flooding" section below.
Engine overheating ...................................... Allow engine to cool, richen fuel mixture, see "Fuel
Mixture" section below
Carburetor incorrectly adjusted ......... Re-adjust carburetor, see "Fuel Mixture" or "Factory
Carburetor Settings" section below.
Exhaust blocked ...................................... Check exhaust, remove blockage.
Air cleaner blocked ........................... Check air cleaner, remove blockage.
Idle speed set to low ..................................... Adjust idle speed screw, see "Fuel Mixture" section
below.
Air bubbles in fuel line ........................ Check for leaks in fuel line
Glow plug is fouled ............................. Replace glow plug, see "Glow Plug Problems" Section
below.
Engine is flooded .......................................... See "Flooding" section below.
Engine is seized ............................................ Examine engine for damage
TROUBLESHOOTING
If you have trouble starting or keeping your TOMAHAWK BX running, here's a quick checklist of what to look for first.
TOMAHAWK BX
a. Plug the charger into an AC outlet, and then pull on the igniter lever to accept the charging adapter.
b. At this point, the small red LED indicator on the charger should light up indicating the charging sequence is in progress.
c. When the charging complete, pull on the glow plug igniter lever to unplug the glow igniter. Charge the new glow plug igniter for
16 to 24 hours on the first charge. For subsequent charges, charge it about 12 hours before next use.
NOTE:
If the igniter gets warm or hot during the charge, unplug the igniter from charger immediately. A warm / hot igniter means the igniter
is overcharged. Overcharging can damage the internal battery in the igniter; thus, shortening its life.
a. 110V
b. LED
c. 16 20 12
40~45°C
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER
a b c
a. Contents of the box are secured with reusable zip-ties. To unlock zip-tie, press on the small lever.
b. Pull on the zip-tie while keeping the small lever pressed. Pull the zip-tie out completely.
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX
a b
a. Hold your elbo ws in and keep the
transmitter antenna pointing straight
up.
a.
DRIVING TIPS
Thunder Tiger Corporation guarantees this model kit to be free from defects in both material and workmanship. The total monetary value under
warranty will in no case exceed the cost of the original kit purchased. This warranty does not cover any components damaged by use or modification.
Part or parts missing from this kit must be reported within 60 days of purchase. No part or parts will be sent under warranty without proof of
purchase. To receive part or parts under warranty, the service center must receive a proof of purchase and/or the defective part or parts. Should
you find a defective or missing part, contact the authorized Thunder Tiger Service/Distributor nearest you. Under no circumstances can a dealer
or distributor accept return of a kit if assembly has started.
Fuel Bottle
Glow Starter w/ Charger
Hex Wrench Set, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
, 1.5mm / 2.0mm / 2.5mm / 3.0mm
5-Way Wrench
Screw Drivers, Lexan Body Reamer, Hobby Knife,
Lexan Scissors.
Glow Fuel, Methanol 10% to 30%
Nitro 5% to 18% Caster / Synthetic Oil
10%~30%
5%~18%
AA Alkaline dry batteries 8
pieces for transmitter
Thank you for your purchase of this Thunder Tiger product. You should enjoy many hours of fun and excitement from this advanced
R/C model. Thunder Tiger strives to bring you the highest level of quality and service we can provide. We race and test our cars around
the world to bring you state-of-the-art products.
We offer on-line help on our www.acehobby.com or www.thundertiger.com forum and our product specialists are ready to take your
call if you have any technical questions. Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the systems and controls of this model
before running. Have fun and enjoy the exciting world of R/C!
TOMAHAWK BX
24 www.thundertiger.com
www.tiger.com.tw
1. Choose a fuel from a reputable, brand name company that is approved for car/truck use. Do not use airplane or boat fuels in
your car/truck. Never use gasoline in a glow model engine.
2. Fuel color is for identification purpose only and is not important to performance or durability of your engine.
3. Always store fuel in a well ventilated place, away from heating devices, open flames, direct sunlight, or batteries. Keep glow
fuel away from children. Always keep your fuel bottle closed when not in use.
4. Do not dispose of fuel or empty fuel containers in a fire. It may possibly cause fire or explosion.
1.
10 ~30
5 ~18 20
2.
3.
4.
1. For proper engine break-in procedure, please refer to the manual of your engine.
2. Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil on
the air filter element. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited
air can pass through; therefore, limiting engine performance.
3. The parts around engine could be dangerously hot after operation. Do not touch it without any protection!
1.
2.
3.
1. Choose the right place to operate your R/C model. Do not run on public streets or highways. This could cause serious accidents,
personal injuries, and/or property damage. Never run R/C models near people or animals. To avoid injury, do not run in confined
spaces. Do not run where loud noises can disturb others, such as hospitals and residential areas. Never run indoors. There is
a high risk of fire and/or damage.
2. Inspect your model before operation. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running
the car for a long period of time. Always use fresh batteries for your transmitter and for your receiver to avoid losing control of
the model. Always test the brakes and the throttle before starting your engine to avoid losing control of the model.
3. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any
modelers operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
4. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. If you drink nitro fuel by accident, immediately drink large quantities of water and try to induce vomiting. Consult with physician
right after then.
2. If the nitro fuel gets into your eyes, rinse them well with water. Consult with physician right after then.
3. If the fuel gets onto your skin, wash it well with soap and water.
1.
2.
3.
1. Improper operations may cause personal and/or property damage. Thunder Tiger and its distributor have no control over damage
resulting from shipping, improper construction, or improper usage.
2. Thunder Tiger assumes and accepts no responsibility for personal and/or property damages resulting from the use of improper
building materials, equipment and operations. By the act of assembling or operating this product, the user accepts all resulting
liability. If the buyer is not prepared to accept this liability, then he/she should return this kit in new, unassembled, and unused
condition to the place of purchase.
1.
2.
FUEL
Thank you for purchasing a Thunder Tiger Product.
Please read all instructions and familiarize yourself with the products and controls before operation.
1. This product is not a toy. It is a high performance model product. It is important to familiarize yourself with the model, its manual,
and its construction before assembly or operation. A child operating under the supervision of the adults is necessary.
2. Always keep this instruction manual ready at your hand for your assembling and operating reference, even after completing the
assembly.
3. Make sure all the screws are properly tightened and all the parts are checked after running the car for a long period of time.
4. For the best performance, it is important to make sure all the moveable parts work free without binding.
5. Do not operate model products in rain, on public roads, near crowds, near airport, or near areas with restricted radio operation.
6. Always keep fuel away from heat and open flame. Only operate in open, well-ventilated area. Store fuel in cool, dry area. Keep the
fuel bottle cap tightly closed. Clean up any leak or excess fuel before starting the engine.
7. This product, its parts, and its construction tools can be harmful to your health. Always exercise extreme caution when assembling
and/or operating this product. Do not touch any part of the model that rotates.
8. Check your radio frequency with the proper operating frequency of the area or country. Always check to see if there are any modelers
operating on the same frequency as yours. Also, check your radio for proper operation before operating a model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
CAUTION
ENGINE
OPERATION
FIRST AID
WARNING
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING 2
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION 3
UNWRAPPING CONTENTS FROM BOX 4
CHARGING THE GLOW PLUG IGNITER 4
PREPARING THE RADIO 4
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION 5
RADIO OPERATION 5
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION 5
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/BRAKE FUNCTION
6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE LINKAGE 6
2
IMPORTANT NOTES & WARNING INTRODUCTION
19
WARRANTY
ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION
Note:
Battery life is short when using Alkaline batteries. For safety, we recommend using Alkaline batteries for only 30 minutes
before testing; mostly changing. Battery strength affects braking power and radio range. If voltage drops while running the
car, you will loose control and destroy your car! This is NOT covered under warranty. To increase run time, upgrade receiver
battery to a 5-cell flat /hump pack (TT#2932 Hump). But, the most important step you can make, “is to always use fully charged
or fresh batteries when running your car”.
TT#2932 5-Cell 6V Hump
ADJUSTING THROTTLE / BRAKE LINKAGE
a. Idle: To set the throttle/brake linkage, first the radio should be on ( but do not start the engine)and the servo is at neutral position.
The factory setup of throttle linkage is about 28mm.(see picture) If it is not, please adjust the linkage to the proper length. The
carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor)
b. Full throttle: Now pull the full throttle. The brakes should disengage immediately. The carburetor should be fully open. If the
carburetor is not fully open, adjust the throttle linkage into 28mm (see above) to get the carburetor fully open. You may also adjust
your throttle trim according to your radio's instructions.
c. Brake: Push the trigger / pull the tick backward. The carburetor opening should be in the idle position. (almost closed, but remain
about 0.5~1mm opening inside the carburetor), but the spur gear will be hard to move. If it is not engaged, adjust the collars
(next to the spring) or setup in your radio to get the brake to engage properly. Be ware that the servo spring should not be completely
compressed.
a.
28mm
0.5~1mm
b.
c. 0.5~1mm
ba c
8
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR 7
FUELLING 7
PREPARING THE ENGINE FOR STARTING 8
STARTING THE ENGINE 8
SHOCK ADJUSTMENT 9
BODY CUTTING 9
ENGINE BREAK-IN & ENGINE SETTING 10
STOPPING ENGINE 11
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION 11
STORING AND MAINTENANCE 11
DRIVING TIPS 12
TROUBLESHOOTING 13
1
ENGINE BREAK-IN
For a new engine (break-in setting), the high speed needle needs to be set as rich as possible. Turn the high speed needle 1/4
turn counterclockwise from initial setting (3~3.5 turns from fully closed). Repeat step 15b. Keep doing this until the engine stalls at
full throttle, then turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn clockwise. Run the car in an open parking lot with this rich engine setting for
at least 5 tanks of fuel to complete the break-in process. It is normal for new engines to stall many times during this time due to the
rich setting. When it does, just restart the engine. After break-in, follow the engine setting procedure to set the carburetor for normal
operations.
3~3.5 1/4
1/4
5
ENGINE SETTING
Due to different fuel formula, operating elevation, humidity . . . etc. The engine may / may not operate properly at initial setting.
Please follow the following procedure to achieve proper carburetor setting. Do not perform this procedure until the engine has been
properly broken in.
a. Start the engine.
b. With a running engine, run the car back and foreth in a straight line (full throttle achieved during each passage) in an open parking
lot. Repeat, and note the sound of the exhaust. Do not hold the throttle open with car off the ground or the engine connect rod
may break.
c. If the exhaust does not reach a high pitch note, turn the high speed needle (long needle, extending from carburetor, pointing up)
1/4 turn clockwise, and repeat step 15b.
If the exhaust reaches a high pitch note immediately, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and repeat step 15b.
d. Repeat step 15c until the engine reaches optimum setting (turning in the high speed needle will no longer have an effect at full
throttle and turning out the needle will cause the engine's full throttle rpm to drop a little).
For normal operations, turn the high speed needle 1/4 turn counterclockwise from the optimum high speed needle setting.
e. To set the idle, turn the idle screw in (higher rpm) or out (lower rpm).
Basically, the idle needs to be set at the lowest possible point before the engine stalls.
f. To set the low speed needle (larger needle on the side of carburetor body), the engine needs to be broken-in and high speed
needle needs to be set first.
g. Repeating step 15b every 10 seconds (1 second of full throttle and 10 seconds of idle). If the engine rpm at idle drops after a
few seconds and stalls, then turn in the low speed needle (clockwise) 1/4 turn. If the engine rpm stays the same or goes up at
idle, then turn out the low speed needle (counterclockwise) 1/4 turn.
h. Keep repeating step 15g until the engine rpm drops (goes to idle rpm, then drops a few more rpm after a few seconds) but does
not stall at idle.
a.
b.
c. 1/8~1/4 15b
1/8~1/4 15b
d. 15b 15c
e.
f.
g. 15b 10 1/8
1/8
h. 15g
15
Glow Plug Problems.
The glow plug in your engine must
be replaced periodically to maintain
peak performance and easy
starting . Most starting problems
or erratic performance can be
traced back to the glow plug. The
easiest way to check for a faulty
glow plug is to simply install a new one and see if the problem
is corrected. However, to test the glow plug, remove the glow
plug form the cylinder
head with a 5/16" nut driver (make sure there is no dirt
on top of the head which could fall into the engine. Do not lose
the copper gasket which seals the glow plug.)
Connect the glow plug to the glow igniter. All of the coils should
glow bright white. Sometimes, the first few coils will not glow,
while the rest are bright orange. This indicates a bad glow
plug or low igniter battery. Try recharging the igniter, or replacing
the glow plug.
Flooding
Symptoms of a flooded engine include difficulty in starting,
muffled sounds coming from the exhaust, pull starter won't
operate, and excess fuel draining from the exhaust outlet.
Remove the glow plug with a 5/16" nut driver and also remove
the air cleaner. Turn the car upside down and pull the starter
a couple of times to drain the excess fuel out of the engine
and carburetor. Re-install the glow plug and try starting again.
Fuel Mixture
The fuel mixture is controlled by three different adjustments
on the carburetor, and should come preset from the factory
(see photos below). Your engine should
start and run slightly rich with these settings (rich is good
for break-in). Tuning Tip: Always make sure you can see
some exhaust smoke coming out of the exhaust outlet
during operation. This is a good sign that enough fuel is
getting to the engine.
Description
Engine will not
start
Engine starts,
then stalls
Starter rope will
not pull
Factory Carburetor Settings.
Low speed mixture
61/2 turns out
Clockwise=Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
61/2
Idle speed:
0.5~1mm)
Adjust Idle Screw until
0.5~1mm is obtained.
0.5~1mm
High speed mixture:
31/2 turns out
Clockwise = Leaner
Counterclockwise-Richer
31/2
Pull out
a. Check the radio throttle/brake functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, pull the trigger / push the stick forward. The
carburetor should be fully opened and the brake disengaged. To reverse this function, flip the throttle/brake servo reverse switch.
b. Return the trigger / stick to neutral. The carburetor should be closed to a point where the idle has been set (see step 8 for settings),
and the brake still disengaged. If not, use the throttle/brake trim lever to correct it.
c. Push the trigger / pull the stick backward. The carburetor opening should still be the same at neutral, throttle spring compressed
slightly, and the brake engaged.
a.
b.
8
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO THROTTLE/ BRAKE FUNCTION
7
b
a.
Install 8 AA size alkaline batteries into transmitter
.
b.
Install 4 AA size alkaline batteries in receiver battery box to the receiver switch.
c.
Install the battery into the receiver box, secure the box with a body clip.
a.
8 3
b.
4 3
c.
R
RADIO BATTERY INSTALLATION
a c
4
a. When turning radio on, first turn on the transmitter.
b. Then, turn on the receiver. When turning off, first turn the receiver off, then the transmitter off.
c. To reverse the functions of servos, use the small, white servo reverse switches located on side of the pistol transmitter (or the
inset servo reverse switches located at the bottom of the stick transmitter). To trim the servos on pistol transmitter, use the trim
switches on side of the steering wheel (the ST. trims steering, and the TH trims throttle/brake). On a stick transmitter, the trim
levers are located accordingly around the sticks.
d. For more details, please check the transmitter instruction manual.
a.
b.
c.
d.
RADIO OPERATION
abc
5
*AA Rechargeable Ni-MH
battery 4 pieces for receiver
No.2932 Ni-MH battery (Note)
Pack/Hump, 6V/1200mAh 2/3A
a b c
a. To set the high speed needle: (large needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial high speed
needle setting should be 3~3.5 turns (close the needle completely, then back out 3~3.5 turns). Clockwise turn will provide leaner
setting (lower fuel to air mixture), and counterclockwise turn will provide richer setting (higher fuel to air mixture).
b.To set the carburetor idle: (small needle sticking out from the carburetor body), turn the screw as pictured. Initial idle setting
should leave 1mm carburetor gap. Clockwise turn will provide higher idle (larger carburetor opening), and counterclockwise turn
will provide lower idle (smaller carburetor opening). For more details about the engine setting, please refer to ENGINE BREAK-
IN/SETTING procedures to properly set the engine.
c. To set the low speed needle: (The low-speed mixture screw is located in the end of the carburetor). turn the screw as pictured.
This screw controls how much fuel enters the engine at idle and low throttle. This adjustment will smooth the idle and improve
the acceleration to mid speed. Make this adjustment with the throttle closed, after setting the idle. Turn the screw clockwise gently
until it bottoms out. DO NOT over tighten. Now turn the low-speed mixture screw counter-clock 6 1/2 turns.
d. Remove the outer foam from filter and make it moist evenly with a few drops of fuel. Put the filter in a plastic bag and knead it
until the foam is saturated, but not soaked.
e. Finally, make sure the air cleaner boot is securely fastened with a zip-tie.
Never run your vehicle without the air filter .If the vehicle will be operated in an area with fine dust, use filter oil or caster oil instead
of fuel. It is important that the foam is only moist to trap dirt and allow air passage. With the foam too wet, limited air can pass through;
therefore, limiting engine performance.
a. 3~3.5
3~3.5
b. b 1mm
c. c 6.5
6.5
d.
e.
ded
ADJUSTING CARBURETOR
9
a. Check the radio steering functions. With the radio transmitter and receiver on, turn the steering wheel / stick to the left. The front
tires/wheels should turn left accordingly. If not, flip the steering servo reverse switch.
b. Return the steering wheel / stick to neutral. The front tires/wheels should point straight forward. If not, use the steering trim lever
to correct it.
c. Turn the steering wheel / stick to the right. The front tires/wheels should turn right accordingly.
a.
b.
c.
a b c
OPERATING RADIO STEERING FUNCTION
6
STOPPING ENGINE
a. Pinch fuel tube to stop fuel flow.
b. After stopping the engine, turn off the receiver switch first, then the transmitter.
c. Be careful! The engine and muffler will be getting extremely hot during operation! Don’t touch them during or just after operation.
a.
b.
c.
abc
16
WHEEL AND TIRE PREPARATION
a. Remove wheel cap crew using equipped 3mm hex wrench and detach wheels.
b. Replace fresh tires and wheels if the original tires worn out seriously.
c. Tighten the wheel cap screw down with the washer.
b c
17
a
A
B
C
G
H
FRONT
A
B
C
H
J
REAR
UP LINK
D E F
UP LINK
D E F G
K L
CLUTCH TYPE PINION t
CLUTCH SPRING SPUR t
DIFF RATE TOTAL RATIO
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
J H
D E F G
K L
ENTER DIFF OIL
(OPTION ONLY)
SHOCK OIL
SHOCK PISTON
SPRING
SHOCK POSITION
CASTER ANGLE
CAMBER ANGLE
TOE IN
TIRE TYPE
TIRE HARDNESS
TIRE DIAMETER
RIDE HEIGHT
LOWER ARM
POSITION
UPPER ARM POSITION
SWAY BAR
REAR DIFF OIL
A B C
H G
D E F
NAME TEMP ENGINE MUFFLER
DATA ST SERVO TYPE HEAD CLEARANCE FUEL TYPE
TRACK TH SERVO TYPE PLUG NO. RADIO
SETUP SHEET Ver 1.0
STORING AND MAINTENANCE
a. Before storing you car, draw out any fuel from the tank.
b. Next, restart the engine to combust remaining fuel.
c. Unplug the glow plug and put after engine oil inside the engine, re-plug the glow plug.
d. Wipe off the dirt and oil on your car.
e. Make sure you have disconnected the power (batteries).
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
b c
18
a
e
d
a.
b.
c.
e. At first, set the steering D/R function
for less steering response.
e. D/R
b. Squeeze the throttle trigger or pull the
throttle stick gently and steer the car
to left and right.
b.
c. Squee ze the thr ottle trigger and
release. Repeat this action to control
car speed.
c.
d. If you are of unsure of the steering
direction, practice with the transmitter
facing towards you.
d.
h. Practice doing figure 8S.
h. 8
f. Be careful not to squeeze the throttle
trigger abruptly while steering.
f.
g. After you become used to the controls, experiment with high
performance possible at full throttle and full steering.
g.
Instruction Manual
The contents are subject to change without prior notice due to product improvements and specificatrion changes.
1/10 SCALE NITRO POWERED 4WD OFF-ROAD BUGGY
1:10
This radio control model car is not a toy! Before beginning operation, please read this manual thoroughly.
No.6195-F
JD7097
2007
C
TOOLS INCLUDED
adjust collars if spur gear
is not hard to move
14
BODY CUTTING
It is recommended to cut
the window opening out
to let cool air in for good
circulation.
Left
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
Ø1.2 Ø1.3 Ø1.4
abc
a. Remove the cap from fuel bottle nozzle.
b. Squeeze the fuel bottle, insert into fuel, and draw fuel into the fuel bottle. The fuel used should be methanol based model engine
glow fuel (available at hobby shops) with 10% to 30% nitro content and 5% to 18% caster/synthetic oil content for lubrication.
c. Fill car's fuel tank with glow fuel.
a.
b.
c.
FUELLING
10
-
1
-
2
-
3
-
4
-
5
-
6
-
7
-
8
-
9
-
10
-
11
-
12
-
13
-
14
-
15
-
16
